Product Selector   Gemco 1997 Gate Hoist Lmt Swtch Gemco Stamping Press Control Gemco 1980 Micro-Adjust Cams Gemco 1980S Limit Switch Manual Gemco 2000 Rotary Limit Switches Gemco 3001 Adjustable Couplings Brake Systems Application Guide Model CB/TM Brakes Manual Model ET Shoe Brakes Manual Model H Shoe Brakes Manual Model H Brake Parts Manual

And   Or     All Site   Selected Product Order Details Items 0 Total $0.00     Logon Status Not logged on

Part Number Listing
 

On a popular demand we decided to publish a complete part number listing of the products that we carry. This is a very long list with part numbers and detailed descriptions of about 1,700 items. Most of these items can be purchased on-line through our web store. Some of the items are not available on-line due to price, weight, and other limitations, but you are always welcome to inquire or place your order over the phone at (888) 861-8777. Telephone orders do not have any price and weight limitation, and we can use a shipping carrier of your choice.

 

Part Number	Description
004560058	Ametek Gemco Screw on a 1025D Foot & Palm Switch Item 5 1/8
01-533114LXX	Ametek Gemco Cable. Resolver Cable 22 AWG., 3 Twisted Pair with Shield. Priced per Foot
014570001	Ametek Gemco Bearing 3/4 (Inch Bore with Flanges
01533002L100	Ametek Gemco Cable. 100 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths (15LB)
01533002L2000	Ametek Gemco Cable. 2000 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths (15LB)
01533002L300	Ametek Gemco Cable. 300 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths
01533002LXX	Ametek Gemco Cable. Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot. Add length required at the end of the part number XXX (<5LB)
01591317	Ametek Gemco Fluid. Shell Transformer Oil. Standard Fluid for ET Brake Thrusters. Diala AX Transformer Fluid. Sold per LB. About 6 pounds per thruster 1/10
01591318	Ametek Gemco Fluid. Silicone Fluid. Optional Fluid for ET Brake Thrusters. Wacker AK 50 US, SWS-101-50, Sold per LB, Approximately 6 LBS required per thruster assembly 1/10
01591448	Ametek Gemco Cord. Teflon Cord, 1/8th Inch Diameter by 90 Foot
04-570252	Ametek Gemco Rod End. Plastic Rod Ends
04-570256	Ametek Gemco Rod End. Female 1/4 -28 UNC Thread Front Rod End. Attaches to the rod / pistion. For use with 955D & DQ, 955LC, 956A, S, LC & DQ LDT'S
04234100	Ametek Gemco Relay, Double Pole, Double Throw, 240 Volt, 60 Hz, 25 Amp (1LB)
04234700	Ametek Gemco Relay, Double Pole, Single Throw, 240 Volt
04513135	Ametek Gemco EPROM. IC EPROM for a 1995-L Micro-Set Programmable Limit Switch. Programmed with ''- X '' Standard Software 128K (<1LB)
04514195	Ametek Gemco Rectifier a component on rectifier E010326
04515173	Ametek Gemco Varistor on rectifier E010326
04517039	Ametek Gemco Intrinsically Safe Barrier 1/9
04517214	Ametek Gemco Panel Mount Bracket for Barrier 1/9
04519072	Ametek Gemco Transformer on rectifier panel E0103026. 500 VA, 1 PH, 50 / 60 Hz, 380 to 600 Volt Primary, 115 / 230 Volt Secondary
04519135	Ametek Gemco Transformer used on a rectifier panel, 100 VA, 230 Volt PR1, 56VCT Sec., Triad FD8-56
04521186	Ametek Gemco Terminal Strip. 16 Place Terminal Strip used on programmer and output expansion module. 1995 Micro-Set PLS (<1LB)
04521187	Ametek Gemco Terminal Strip. 24 Place Terminal Strip used on programmer and output expansion module. 1995 Micro-Set PLS (<1LB)
04521210	Ametek Gemco Cable Assembly for the 950IS only. 6 Foot 2 Pin Euro Mini Straight Connector. Other lenghts available, add $ 2.00 / Foot
04521372	Ametek Gemco Connector. Mating connector for ''E'' connector configurations on 951, 952, 952QD, 953A, 953D LDT's, Female 10 Pin (<1LB)
04521410	Ametek Gemco Connector. Additional Phone Jack Interface Connector. Modular 6 Conductor with Case CSC72339B-01 (<1LB)
04523020	Ametek Gemco Relay. 1996 Ram-Set & Brake Monitor Relay on a 1992 Press-Set Controller (<1LB)
04523022	Ametek Gemco Relay. Mechanical Output Relay SPDT 10 AMP, 24 VDC 1992 & 1995 PLS
04523085	Ametek Gemco Timer on Delay used on a rectifier panel, 10 Sec Plug in, 8 Pin, 240 VAC 12/6
04523126	Ametek Gemco Relay. AC Solid State Relay, 3 AMP., 24 - 280 VAC (<1LB)
04523127	Ametek Gemco Relay. DC Solid State Relay, 3 AMP., 5 - 60 VDC (<1LB)
04535001	Ametek Gemco Resolver. Replacement resolver with wire leads but without connector (2LBS) Size 11 Single S Kearfott CR41093052-14 or Deltran # 11BRCX-300-L10/6
04535076	Ametek Gemco Resolver. Single Turn Size 11 (2LBS) REV A: Black / White Wire was Yellow / White 4/25/08
04535094	Ametek Gemco Resolver. Size 11 resolver, single shaft (internal resolver only, no housing) 11-BHW-40-F/F473
04537001	Ametek Gemco Switch. Snap Switch. S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw (<1LB) 9/8
04537002	Ametek Gemco Switch. Snap Switch. S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw 9/8
04537003	Ametek Gemco Micro Switch DPDT. Includes Roller & Arm (<1LB) 2/9
04537004	Ametek Gemco Switch used on the 2000 Series Limit Switch Assemblies, S.P.D.T., Includes Actuator Arm with Roller and Hardware. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuit. Plunger Side Normally Open Terminals, Opposite Plunger Side Normally Closed Terminals 16-204 (<1LB) 1/10
04537018	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Switch with 1/2 Roller. Sq D # 9007-AB1-S1. 2000 Series GRLS 1/8
04537080	Ametek Gemco Keys for a 1992 Press-Set Controller or a 1989 PLS. Qty. 2 pieces (<1LB)
04560001	Ametek Gemco Screw. Pan Head Machine Screw 6-32 x 1'' STL SLTD zinc & wax taptite (<1LB)
04562148	Ametek Gemco Jam Nut (<1LB)
04564002	Ametek Gemco Woodruff Key
04564012	Ametek Gemco Fastener. Retaining / Snap Ring. Truarc 5100-37 SZDB. Shaft to Worm Gear Fastener 200- Series
04568001	Ametek Gemco Seal. NEMA 12 Seal / Gasket on a 1980 Series Limit Switch. For the Frame Ends not the Cover, see 04568004. Cost is per Foot. Establish the length required before ordering 1/8
04568004	Ametek Gemco Seal. NEMA 12 Seal / Gasket on a 1980 Series Limit Switch. For the Cover not the Frame Ends, see 04568001. Cost is per Foot. Establish the length required before ordering 1/8
04570001	Ametek Gemco Bearing. Sealed Ball Bearing with Mounting Flanges for a 1980 Series Limit Switch. NEMA 1, 4 or 12 Enclosures. 3/4 Inch I.D. (1LB)
04570252	Ametek Gemco Rod Ends for the 956 LDT or Control Arm 955ARM Female Thread 1/4 -28
04573067	Ametek Gemco Motor 48 VDC Tach Generator
04575082	Ametek Gemco Belt. Drive Belt, 126 Pin. Resolver to Tach Generator to the Drive / Main Shaft on a 1980-3853 6/9
04578121	Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Master Cylinder Section of a New Style J54085 or a J054086 Power Cluster
04578122	Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Diaphragm on a New Style J054085 Power Cluster
04578123	Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Diaphragm on a New Style J054086 Power Cluster
04580066	Ametek Gemco Coupling. .25 X .120 Bore . Used to connect the cam shaft and a resolver (1LB)
04581003	Ametek Gemco Spring. Return Spring on a Foot Switch (<1LB) 7/7
04581004	Ametek Gemco Spring. Return Spring on a Foot Switch (<1LB) 1/8
04581006	Ametek Gemco Spring. Pedal Return Spring on a 1025C Foot Switch. Item no 6, 1 per Switch (<1LB)
04581008	Ametek Gemco Spring. Return Spring on a Foot Switch (<1LB) 1/8
04582015	Ametek Gemco Belt. O-Ring Belt, Cam box main shaft to tach generator drive belt (<1LB)
0953-V0-0250-X-X-S-X	Ametek Gemco Linear Displacement Transducer. Series 953 VMAX Model 953A-V0-0250-X-X-S-X V0 = 0 to 10 VDC Output 0250 = Stroke 25 Inch Length X = Standard 2.0 Inch Null Zone X = Standard Dead Band 2.5 Inch S = 5 Pin Micro, 12 mm Euro Connector X = No options
10" H 1	Ametek Gemco 10 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 425 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Pushbutton Switch with Enclosure for operating the bleeder check valve, Control Cylinder with Foot Pedal, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing, Tube Fittings, Unions, Clamps, Bushings, Brackets, Gaskets, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 10 Inch Brake Weight 93 LBS. Overall Width 19 - 7/16 Inch , Height 19 - 7/16 Inch. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually operated. A 10 X 4 Inch Brake Wheel is not included. 7905 Actuator 222 LBS Gross
10" HM 1	Ametek Gemco 10 X 4.25 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 425 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 450 FT LBS. Includes one 10 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 220 LBS Net.
10"-H-1	Ametek Gemco 10 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 425 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly J002926 with Actuating Cylinder J007905 , Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Pushbutton Switch with Enclosure J010008 for operating the bleeder check valve, Control Cylinder J017616 with Foot Pedal J008219, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing A055980, Tube Fittings J00086 , Unions J049087, Clamps J005138, Bushings J005137, Brackets F005780, Gaskets F17, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses J010160 & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 10 Inch Brake Weight 93 LBS. Overall Width 19 - 7/16 Inch , Height 19 - 7/16 Inch. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually operated. A 10 X 4 Inch Brake Wheel is not included in this price (222LBS)
10"-H-2	Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 400 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty. 2, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assemblies J002926, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, J73904 Installation Kit which includes, 150 Feet of Copper Tubing, 55 Tube Clamps, 55 Tube Bushings, 30 Tube Fittings, 5 Tube Unions, 2 Tube Tee's, Qty.6, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 3 Gallons of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. Brake Wheels are not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (189LBS)
1025-1407	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Engineered product with a Reed Switch. Like a 1025-B-1SP-P B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 1SP = Reed Switch supplied P = Plain Cover, covers only the enclosure 1/6
1025-1410	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch. Specially Engineered Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated Foot Switch. This unit has Qty. 2, Individual Foot Switches with a Common Treadle Guard providing top & side protection from accidental operation. See catalog cover, top left switch pictured. 2, NEMA 4 Enclosures with Two Contact Blocks, 1 Single Pole Double Throw Switch in each enclosure which can be wired for either normally open or closed circuits (5LBS) 3/9
1025-1421	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Type C Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Side Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 2 Single Pole Double Throw Switches. ( Each 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) with special I.D originally done for United Airlines (7LBS) 1/06
1025-1423	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch use new part number 1025-B-1SP-P-X
1025-A-1DP-S	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'' Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1DP = One contact Block, 1 D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switch, (2N.O. - 2 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return . Includes Protective Shield to prevent accidental treadle operation. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance (4LBS)
1025-A-1DP-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'', Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 D.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (2N.O. - 2 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance (2LBS)
1025-A-1SP-S	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'' Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (1N.O. - 1 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. Includes Protective Shield to prevent accidental treadle operation. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance (4LBS)
1025-A-1SP-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'',Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (1N.O. - 1 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance.
1025-B-1A4-S-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Foot Switch. 1A4 = 4 Way 5 Port, 1 Air Valve S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Switch Protection X = No Switch Latch 01/09
1025-B-1DP-P-X	Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 1 Contact Block 1 D.P.D.T. Switch that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuit. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) 1/09
1025-B-1DP-S-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 1DP = One D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switch which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits, Qty. 8, Screw Terminals S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection X = No other options
1025-B-1DP-U-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 1DP = One D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switch which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits, Qty. 8, Screw Terminals U = Treadle Shield provides Top, Side and a Safety Gate which must be raised by the toe to gain access to the treadle X = No other options (11LBS)
1025-B-1SP-G-L	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 1 SPDT ( 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Guard to provide top protection from accidental operation L = Treadle Latch to permit spring return or maintained contacts operation 1/09
1025-B-1SP-G-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 1 SPDT ( 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Guard to provide top protection from accidental operation (5LBS) 1/09
1025-B-1SP-P-X	Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 1 Contact Block 1 S.P.D.T. Switch that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuit. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) C-H 10251H25H 1/09
1025-B-1SP-S-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4, One contact block, 1 SPDT ( One 1 NO - 1NC ), S Cover Option = Treadle Shield provides Top & Side Protection C-H 10251-H35C with Switch Type B (8LBS) 1/09
1025-B-1SP-U-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4, One contact block, 1 SPDT ( One 1 NO - 1NC ), U Cover Option = Treadle Shield provides Top, Side and a Safety Gate which must be raised by the toe to gain access to the treadle (11LBS) 1/09
1025-B-2DP-P-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits X = No other options 1/09
1025-B-2DP-S-L	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch. B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection L = Protective Shield 1/09
1025-B-2DP-S-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection 1/09
1025-B-2DP-U-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch 2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits U = Ultra Guard with Treadle Shield & Safety Gate which must be raised by the toe to gain access to the treadle X = no other options available
1025-B-2SP-G-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 2 SPDT ( Each 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Guard to provide top protection from accidental operation 1/09
1025-B-2SP-P-X	Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 2 Contact Blocks, 2 S.P.D.T. Switches that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuits. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) 1/09
1025-B-2SP-S-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 2 SPDT ( Each 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Shield providing Top & Side Guard protection from accidental operation 1/09
1025-C-2DP-S	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case, Cover & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 D.P.D.T. Switches (Each 2 NO - 2 NC) with Protective Shields. Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug. (12LBS) 1/09
1025-C-2DP-X	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 D.P.D.T. Switches (Each 2 NO - 2 NC) Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug. (11LBS) 1/09
1025-C-2SP-S	Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case, Cover & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 S.P.D.T. Switches (Each 1 NO - 1 NC) with Protective Shields. Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (11LBS) 1/09
1025-C-2SP-X	Ametek Gemco Switch. Foot Operated Switches, Type ''C'' Heavy Duty Side Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4 Enclosure, Two Contact Blocks, Two Snap action Single Pole Double Throw Switches that can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. Six Name Plates are provided. START STOP FORWARD REVERSE & Two are blank for your custom marking (7LBS) 1/09
1025-D-1SP	Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. One S.P.D.T. Switch (1 NO - 1 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) 1/09
1025-D-2DP	Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. Two D.P.D.T. Switch (2 NO - 2 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) 1/09
1025-D-2SP	Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. One D.P.D.T. Switch (2 NO - 2 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) 1/09
10316H-169-1	Ametek Gemco 2006-402-L-1080-A
10316H89A	Ametek Gemco 1950-1-B-A-DO C-H Part # shown above
104A020XXXX	Ametek Gemco Thermistors. 9967 LUG Thermistor. MOTOGARD Controllers are designed for use with Positive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors. Thermistor is encapsulated in a special epoxy for rugged mechanical duty, severe environments and good thermal conductivity# 22 - 26 Teflon Insulated Leads. Specify desired length of the leads (<1LB)
104A022XXXX	Ametek Gemco Thermistors. 9967 SPRING LOADED PROBE Thermistor. MOTOGARD Controllers are designed for use with Positive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors. Thermistor is encapsulated in a special epoxy for rugged mechanical duty, severe environments and good thermal conductivity# 22 - 26 Teflon Insulated Leads. 7/16 Inch Diameter. 1/4 Inch NPT. Specify desired probe length, 2 to 6 Inches is standard. Specify lead length (<1LB)
107085	Ametek Gemco Repair Kit, for a Moisture Ejection Valve. ISG SAP 1170357
107163002	Ametek Gemco Pressure Cluster Assembly, 1 X 8, with special piston for long static lines, like 54086
1090-A1	Ametek Gemco Obsolete 12 Bit unit. Replaced by 1090B1 a 14 Bit unit
1090B1	Ametek Gemco Multibus High Speed Programmable Limit Switch. 14 Bit Resolution. Replaced 1090A1
115101-2	Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 115 Over Temperature Protection System. 6 Inputs, 2 Triac Outputs 1-N.O. 1 N.C. Input Rating: 120 VAC + or - 10% Single Phase 50/60 Hz. Output Rating: 120 /240 Volts 5 amp continuous. Reset is automatic. Enclosure 5.5'' Wide X 4.25'' Long X 3.12'' High Potted in a NEMA 4 Steel Case (5LBS)
120101	Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 120 Over Temperature Protection System
135101	Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 135 Over Temperature Protection System
14" H 2	Ametek Gemco 14 Inch Hydraulic Brake System, Qty. 2, Brake Assemblies each capable of 0 to 600 LBS / FT Torque, Control Cylinder, Pedal, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, 250 Foot of Tubing, 6 Armored Hoses, 3 Gallons of 21B Wagner Brake Fluid and Fittings, 6 Brackets, 6 Jam Nuts, 36 Tube Nuts, 6 Lock Washers, 15 Copper Gaskets, 85 Bushings, 85 Clamps, 7 Unions for a complete system, less brake wheels.
14" HM 1	Ametek Gemco 14 X 6.50 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 600 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 550 FT LBS. Includes one 14 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control Station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 289 LBS Net.
14"-H-1	Ametek Gemco 14 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 600 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 14 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly, DC Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Control Cylinder with Foot Pedal, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing, Tube Fittings, Unions, Clamps, Bushings, Brackets, Gaskets, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 14 Inch Brake Weight 161 LBS. Overall Width 25 - 7/8 Inch, Height 28 - 1/2 Inch. A 7905 Brake Actuator is provided / used on a single brake system (320LBS)
150101	Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 150 Over Temperature Protection Systems provide immediate overheating protection for motors equipment enclosures, semiconductor heatsinks, sleeve bearings and other related machinery. For use with PTC Thermistors embedded in or in contact with the monitored surface. 1 Input, Form C Relay Output. 2 Triac Outputs 1-N.O. 1 N.C. Input Rating: 120 VAC + or - 10% Single Phase 50/60 Hz. Output Rating: 120 VAC for size 5 contactor coil. Reset is automatic. Enclosure 3.25'' Wide X 2.25'' Long X 2.50'' High. Potted in a polyester case. Conforms with NEC Requirements for integral motor thermal protection (1LB)
16-204	Ametek Gemco Switch see AME-04537004 ITW-16-204 (<1LB)
1746L-1	Ametek Gemco LDT Interface Card. Single Axis, One LDT Input. Specify LDT output if other than: CP, VPI or RS (2LBS)
1746L-2	Ametek Gemco LDT Interface Card. Two Axis, Two LDT Inputs. Specify LDT output if other than: CP, VPI or RS (2LBS)
1746R-1	Ametek Gemco Interface Card. Series 1746R Resolver Interface Card incorporates Allen-Bradley licensed technology for complete compatibility with A-B Series 1746 I/O Chassis. The unit monitors machine position from a resolver and delivers continues absolute position data at 12 bit (4,096 count) resolution and RPM data to the SLC processor.
1746R-2	Ametek Gemco Interface Card. Series 1746R Resolver Interface Card incorporates Allen-Bradley licensed technology for complete compatibility with A-B Series 1746 I/O Chassis. The unit monitors machine position from a resolver and delivers continues absolute position data at 12 bit (4,096 count) resolution and RPM data to the SLC processor. Two axis resolver interface. Two resolver inputs or field configurable for one multi-turn dual resolver.
17618	Ametek Gemco Washer on Spring Case Gasket Kit
1771-PLS-B1	Ametek Gemco Ultra-High Speed Programmable Limit Switch (PLS) with 16 direct outputs from the front panel that update every 5 microseconds. A resolver based unit that incorporated Allen-Bradley technology and is completely compatible with the A-B Series 1771 I/O chassis. Internally powered by the PLC backplane. Resolver input with 14 bit (16,384 count) resolution and field programmable scale factor. Reset to Preset Inputs & Speed Compensation. This product incorporates patented technology which is licensed by Allen -Bradley Company Inc. Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Corporation (3LBS)
1771-PLS-C1	Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch. Allen Bradley Series 1771 Compatible High Speed Programmable Limit Switch. Standard 14 Bit Resolution (4LBS)
18" H-2	Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 1800 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty. 2, 18 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assemblies J002932, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, Installation Kits J07300 &J073903 which includes, 250 Feet of Copper Tubing, 85 Tube Clamps, 85 Tube Bushings, 36 Tube Fittings, 7 Tube Unions, 1 Tube Tee, Qty.6, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 4 Gallons of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. Brake Wheels are not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (670LBS)
18" HM 1	Ametek Gemco 18 X 8.50 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 900 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 700 FT LBS. Includes one 18 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control Station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 389 LBS Net.
18"-H-1	Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 900 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty.1, 18 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly J002932, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, J73901 Installation Kit which includes, 100 Feet of Copper Tubing, Tube clamps, Tube Bushings, Tube Fittings, Tube Unions, Tube Tee, Qty.4, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 1 Gallon of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. A Brake Wheel is not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (359LBS)
1950-1-B-A-AO	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4 A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-1-B-A-AR	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4 A = Front Mounting A = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower R = Rubber boot for addition protection form humidity and dust U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-1-B-A-BO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Front Mounting, Lever & 1/2'' Dia. Roller Assembly
1950-1-B-A-BR	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch with a Lever Arm / Operator and a 1/2 Diameter Roller (<1LB)
1950-1-B-A-DO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. SPDT Single Pole Double Throw, Qty. 4 Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator, 2006 Type K, U.L. Listed (<1LB)
1950-1-B-A-DR	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. 1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, B = Binder Terminals, A = Front Mounting, DR = Plunger with Boot, Push Operated, U.L. Listed (<1LB)
1950-1-B-B-BO	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4 B = Side Mounting Arrangement DO = Plunger Push Operator, Cycl-Set and 2006 K RS U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-1-C-A-BO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, 915 / 917 Cycl-Set Terminals, Front Mount, Lever & 1/2 Inch Diameter Roller Assembly.
1950-1-C-A-DO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Limit Switch Assembly, Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., 4 screw terminals, can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. Front Mount, Plunger Push Operator. 915 / 917 Cycl-Set & 2006 K RS (<1LB)
1950-1-D-A-AO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Saddle Clamp Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated
1950-1-D-A-DO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Saddle Clamp Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator ( Cycl-Set & 2006K RS )
1950-1-P-A-AO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Plug-In Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated
1950-1-P-A-AR	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Plug-In Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated, Plunger with boot-cam operator.
1950-1404	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.) Plunger OP Bind TE with Boot and Heavy Springs. For use with the Series 1970 Driv Cheks (<1LB)
1950-1405	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Double Pole Double Throw, Plunger Operated. Binder Terminals with Heavy Springs. 1970 Drive Chek (<1LB)
1950-1406	Ametek Gemco Switch. Obsoleted in 2006, See 1950-1413. Precision SPST Slow Make - Slow Break Switch Assembly. N.C. Normally Closed. Special Purpose Switch. U.L. Listed For the 1980 Product Line (<1LB)Obsolete
1950-1408	Ametek Gemco Switch. SPDT Slow Make Slow Break. For products 915 / 917/ 2006 (<1LB)
1950-1412	See 1950-1-B-A-A0 195-1412 is an old number
1950-1413	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Slow Make - Slow Break Single Pole Double Throw Switch Assembly. Can be wire for either a normally open or normally close circuit. 4 screw terminals on this switch. Replaces 1950-1406 which is obsolete (<1LB)
1950-1414	Ametek Gemco Switch. Single Pole Double Throw with a Heavy Duty Spring for high vibration applications. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuits, 4 screw terminals. Replaces obsolete 1950-1416 but is not a Slow Make Slow Break Switch (<1LB)
1950-1416	Ametek Gemco Switch. Obsolete 1/6 Precision Snap Switch, Single Pole Single Throw, Slow Make Slow Break with a Heavy duty / strong Spring for High Vibration Applications. Only one contact that is Normally Closed. Replaced by 1950-1414, though it is NOT an exact duplicate replacement, see specifications (<1LB)Obsolete
1950-1420	Ametek Gemco OBSOLETE Module, 4X20mH Module for an older LDT
1950-4-B-A-AO	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits B = Binder / Screw Terminals 8 A = Front Mounting AO = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-4-B-A-AR	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits B = Binder / Screw Terminals 8 A = Front Mounting A = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower R = Rubber boot for addition protection form humidity and dust U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-4-B-A-BR	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Double Pole Double Throw (D.P.D.T.) 2-NO / 2-NC, Plunger operated by Lever & 1/2 Inch Diameter Roller Assembly. Includes Boot
1950-4-B-A-DO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. DPDT Double Pole Double Throw, Qty. 8 Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator, 2006 Type K, U.L. Listed (<1LB)
1950-4-B-B-BO	Ametek Gemco Switch 1950-4-B-B-BO 1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco 4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4 B = Side Mounting Arrangement BO = Lever & 1/2 Inch Diameter Roller Assembly U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC -50 to 185 Degree F Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles (<1LB)
1950-4-C-A-DO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Limit Switch Assembly. Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits.Front Mount, Plunger Push Operator. 915 / 917 Cycl-Set & 2006 K RS (<1LB)
1950-4-P-A-AO	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw 2-N.O 2-N.C , Plug-In Type Binder, Front Mounting Arrangement, Plunger Cam Operated.
1950G-1-B-A-AR	Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit with Gold Contacts, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Front Mounting, Plunger with Boot, Cam Operated U.L. Listed (<1LB) 1/8
1970-104	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 2 to 4 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (9LBS)
1970-106	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 5 to 6 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (13LBS)
1970-108	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 7 to 8 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (16LBS)
1970-112	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 9 to 12 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (19LBS)
1970-116	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 13 to 16 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator
1970-120	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 17 or 20 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector via a supplied travel limit switch, spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator
1970-1204	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch with 2 to 4 Circuit Frame and a NEMA 4 or 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive Chek has a snap switch attached to the frame for detection of a broken chain or belt, it also acts as a chain or belt tensioner and absorbs some shock and vibration
1970-1206	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch with 5 to 6 Circuit Frame and a NEMA 4 or 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive Chek has a snap switch attached to the frame for detection of a broken chain or belt, it also acts as a chain or belt tensioner and absorbs some shock and vibration
1970-1208	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch with 7 to 8 Circuit Frame and a NEMA 4 or 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive Chek has a snap switch attached to the frame for detection of a broken chain or belt, it also acts as a chain or belt tensioner and absorbs some shock and vibration
1970-1212	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch with 10 to 12 Circuit Frame and a NEMA 4 or 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive Chek has a snap switch attached to the frame for detection of a broken chain or belt, it also acts as a chain or belt tensioner and absorbs some shock and vibration
1970-124	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 21 to 24 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock or vibration isolator
1970-1328	Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 2006 Geared Rotary Limit Switches. For a 4 Circuit Switch 404, NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (9LBS)
1980	Ametek Gemco Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Model 1980-106-R-DP-X 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 = Qty. 6, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension DP = DPDT Switches = Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or timing dial window CAPE MAY NEW JERSEY MOVEABLE BRIDGE; Specification for rotating cam limit switch. The contractor shall provide a rotating cam limit switch that meets the specification as called out below. The cam box shall have 16 circuits each consisting of a micro adjust cam capable of dwells from 4 degrees through 356 degrees utilizing two cam halves. The cams shall be adjusted by use of a cam adjustment tool supplied with the cam box and mounted inside of the enclosure on a bracket. The cams are adjusted through a 36:1 ratio pinion assembly that will rotate each half of a circuit cam 10 degrees for each complete adjustment hub turn. The micro-adjust cams shall maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree. Each circuit shall have a precision rugged duty snap action switch with double break contacts that are actuated at a uniform rate to give long life. Electrical switches shall be SPDT with one NO and one NC contact per switch. Switches shall be rated for at least 15 million cycles. The input shaft shall be a 3/4'' diameter made of 316 Stainless Steel having a # 606 woodruff key and can be located on the right end, left end or a double ended version can be specified. The enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges and flange bolts shall be constructed of 304 Stainless Steel meeting a NEMA 4X rating. The cam box shall utilize lifetime sealed ball bearings for the input shaft. The cam box shall be supplied standard with a three year warranty covering the entire unit. The cam box shall be manufactured by Ametek APT, Gemco division out of Clawson Michigan with no substitutions allowed.
1980-101-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-101-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 01 = 1 Independent Cam / Circuit / Switch R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (10LBS)
1980-102-L-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (11 LBS)
1980-102-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS)
1980-102-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-103-L-DP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS)
1980-103-L-DP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS)
1980-103-L-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-103-L-GSP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-GSP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
1980-103-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS)
1980-103-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Warranty (12LBS)
1980-103-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-D-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (13LBS)
1980-104-D-DPP-R-X-S-200-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DPP-R-X-S-200-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box, Double Shaft 2 DPP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch with a Plug in Socket R = Rubber boot Option on the switch plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-104-D-GSP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-L-GSP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (12LBS)
1980-104-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-104-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-L-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-L-GSP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-GSP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
1980-104-L-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-104-L-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-104-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-R-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (10LBS)
1980-104-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2	AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2
1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2	AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2
1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-R2
1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L2 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 2
1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (18LBS)
1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1000 = 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Location
1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (18LBS)
1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R30-L8	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R24-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 24 = 24 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 4 weeks to ship
1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1-906-
1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-104-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8
1980-105-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-105-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-105-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS)
1980-105-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (14LBS)
1980-105-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Action Switches X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7
1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-106-D-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS)
1980-106-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS)
1980-106-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-106-L-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.Wise Rotation 3 year Warranty
1980-106-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-106-R-DP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-106-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-106-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-106-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (14LBS)
1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 32 = 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R30-L8	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7
1980-106-X-SP-X-S-*-*	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-*-* Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer * = * Gear Ratio to be determined * = * Shaft Location to be determined
1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-SP-X-S-35-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 06 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-106-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8
1980-106-Y-S P-R-X-S-28-L
1980-107-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 7 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-107-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS)
1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-107-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
1980-107-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS)
1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (22LBS)
1980-108-D-SD-TW1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-TW1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TW1 = Timing Dial & Dial Window is to be provided Timing Dial Degrees Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty Dimensions, use a 9 to 12 circuit enclosure drawing (22LBS)
1980-108-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (17LBS)
1980-108-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-108-L-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation
1980-108-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (17LBS)
1980-108-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-DP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 4 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-108-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (17LBS)
1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (21LBS)
1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-109-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from each end of the Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS)
1980-109-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS)
1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-110-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension (2) from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation (21LBS)
1980-110-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-110-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (21LBS)
1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6
1980-111-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
1980-111-R-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation
1980-112-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-112-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (29LBS)
1980-112-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty
1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture or dust protection X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R= right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1 (36LBS)
1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-116-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-116-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (30LBS)
1980-118-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-118-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Left End
1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Right End
1980-1202-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 02 = 2 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation
1980-1203-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty
1980-1203-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty
1980-1204	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-1204-D-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-DP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-1204-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-1204-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure. Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure, @ each end SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 SPG = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, with Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional protection from Moisture & Dust X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (19LBS) 1/8
1980-1204-D-SPP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SPP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure. Right & Left Side SPP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch with Plug in Sockets Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (18LBS)
1980-1204-L-DP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1204-L-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-1204-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (19LBS)
1980-1204-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-DP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-1204-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1204-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (19LBS)
1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (24LBS)
1980-1204-X-SP-R-72-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-R-72-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension opposite gear box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 72 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Shaft Location, Right End, Shaft Position 1
1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 2.2 = 2.2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1204-X-SPR-X-R10-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SPR-X-R-10-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location, Left End, Shaft Position 1
1980-1205-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation, 0-360 Degrees 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS)
1980-1205-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-1205-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-1205-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-1205-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS)
1980-1205-X-DP-S-6-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-X-DP-X-S-6-R Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 05 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, gasketed dust tight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4
1980-1206-D-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS)
1980-1206-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (24LBS)
1980-1206-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the switch plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right Side, Gear Box & Main Shaft
1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-18-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R18-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-80-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-80-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer, Parallel with main shaft 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Box & Main Shaft Right End
1980-1206-X-DP-X-S36-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-36-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 06 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-R-16-R1
1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gear box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on the switch plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 16 = 16 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (28LBS)
1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for clock wise rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-15-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-S-15-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (26LBS)
1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-24-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-24-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 24 = 24 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location (26LBS)
1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1206-Y-SP-X-S-35-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-Y-SP-X-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Y = No shaft extension opposite gear box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-1207-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1207-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-1207-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1207-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-1208-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty
1980-1208-D-SP-TD3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-D-SP-TD3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD3 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation with the main shaft vertical 3 Year Warranty (32LBS)
1980-1208-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No other options 3 Year Warranty
1980-1208-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (26LBS)
1980-1208-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (26LBS)
1980-1208-X-SP-TD1-S-14-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-TD1-S-14-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (37LBS)
1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-18-L7	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-18-L7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 (28LBS)
1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-25-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-25-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Shaft Location
1980-1208-X-SP-X-S-30-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-S-30-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dustight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (28LBS)
1980-1208-X-SP-X-S12-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-S12-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust tight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Box & Main Shaft Location
1980-1209-L-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1209-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-1209-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1209-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dustight 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1209-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1209-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dustight 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1209-X-SP-X-S40-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1209-X-SP-X-S-40-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight with gasket 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1210-D-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-D-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1210-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the Snap Switch Plunger for additional Dust & Moisture Protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-1210-X-SP-R-X-R-7.5-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-X-SP-R-X-R-7.5-L1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Switch U.L. Listed R = Rubber Boot on Snap Switch Plunger X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 7.5 = 7.5 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Right End Shaft Location, Position 1 (34LBS)
1980-1210-Y-DP-X-S1-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-X-DP-X-S1-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-1211-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1215-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 15 = 15 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
1980-1212-D-SP-TD3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-D-SP-TD3 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 12 = 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD3 = Timing Dial, Clock Wiser Rotation, Vertical Mounting
1980-1212-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS)
1980-1212-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (32LBS)
1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-5-R3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Precision Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 3
1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-6-L7	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-6-L7 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-1215-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1215-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 15 = 15 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
1980-1216-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1216-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (50LBS)
1980-1346	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided Special Engineered Product, 3 Cams with a provision for a 4th cam installed by the OEM. A switch is installed but the OEM provided their own or left out the cam in the spare area for future use 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-1535	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1535 like a 1980-102-L-SP-X with a special main shaft Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided Specially Engineered Main Shaft Extension: 1/2 Inch Dia X 2 & 5/8 Inches Long Perkins Press (10LBS)
1980-1669	Ametek Gemco Deck Type Limit Switch. 3 Decks. 1950-1-B-A-AO
1980-1780	Ametek Gemco 1980-104-L-SP-X & a 1970-104 Drive-Chek
1980-1928	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided Special OEM Product provided to Midland Ross in 1975 Has a special 2 & 7/16 Inch Main Shaft Extension from the Cam Box with the Shaft End Tapped for a 1/4 - 20 fastener (12LBS)
1980-2090	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Qty. 3, SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Qty. 1, DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, circuit 4 Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (18LBS) 8/8
1980-2097	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-L-SP-X but with a SPECIAL CAM Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand One Specially Engineered Cam has been installed Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 9/9
1980-2152	Ametek Gemco DUAL SHAFT Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Qty. 2, parallel shafts each having Qty. 3, circuits / cams / switches. Precision snap Acting D.P.D.T. Switches. Total 6 circuits. The 2 parallel shafts are coupled with a chain & sprocket inside the enclosure. A Gemco 3001-3 Adjustable Coupling is used to allow timing changes between the 2 shafts. Right hand shaft extension in position ''D'' with a second Gemco 3001-3 Adjustable Coupling. NEMA 4 Metal Enclosure. Originally designed for Kaiser Steel in 1977
1980-2179	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like a 1980-103-L-SP-X with 2 Special Cams Cam #1 = SD0189100 (Min. Dwell) cir #1 location LH side Cam #2 = SD0164600 (Min. Lobe) cir #2 location Cam #3 = SD0117800 (Standard) cir #3 location Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-2312	Ametek Gemco Specially Engineered Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring some of the cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Specially Engineered Enclosure & Cover 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Qty 16, SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Qty 2, DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch 13 Standard Cams, SD0117800 2 Special 15 Degree Cams, SD0203000 1 Special 75 Degree Cam, SD0203100 2 Special 40 Degree Cams, 1/2 Circuit, Right Hand, SD0207500 Internal Right Angle Gear Reducer with a having a 6:1 ratio 3 Position Selector Switch, 22mm with a Black Lever, Spring Return 9/6
1980-2366	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 7 circuits / Cams / Switches. Single Pole Double Throw Switches. Dual Output Shafts. External Timing Dial with Pulse Disk and Switch. Includes # 3001-1 1/2 Inch Sprocket Drive Coupling.
1980-23875A	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Specially engineered product
1980-2441	Ametek Gemco Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 11 Circuit Cam Box with 5 Standard Cams and 6 Special Cut Cams with 20 Degree of Dwell. SPDT switches with Rubber Plunger Boots for addition dust & moisture protection. Includes a Right Angle Gear Reducer with a 10 to 1 Gear Ratio mounted on the Left End with the 1/2 Inch Shaft in Position L1 . NEMA 12 Enclosure
1980-2477	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Engineered Part number & product. Enclosure to have a safety ''Lock Out'' on the enclosure Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation 3 Year Warranty 1/8
1980-2527	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box OEM Link Systems NEMA 1 Enclosure 2 Independent Circuits / Cam / Switches ''Add a Cam'' feature which allows enclosure space for the OEM or End User to add 2 cams at a latter date Right Hand Shaft Extension Tach Generator Module Precision Snap Acting Single Pole Double Trow Switches S.P.D.T. Roller Followers were included
1980-2529	Ametek Gemco / Link Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-2529 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch With Encoder, Brevel Motors, 902436 Link Electric only
1980-2529T	Ametek Gemco / Link Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-2529 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch With Encoder, Brevel Motors, 902436 Link Electric only Was 1980-2529 Now includes a Tach Generator
1980-2761	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Switch Model 1980-911-X-SP-TD1-S-12-L Series 1980 9 = NEMA 9 Group F Enclosure 11 = 11 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft opposite gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Box 12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Gear Box Mounted to Left End With Strip Heater & Thermostat (50LBS)
1980-3004B	Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch 4 Circuit with SPDT Switches NEMA 1 with Custom Enclosure & Main Shaft Detail Left Hand Shaft Extension With the ''ADD A CAM'' feature for future or OEM addition of Cam / Circuit
1980-3010T	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3010T, replaced 1980-3010 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Qty 3, SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Qty 1, DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Add on Tach Gen Module PSD153603 Includes Drive Chek 1970-104 & 2 Special Cams SD2231 110 Degrees & Cam SD2382 45 Degrees on the DPDT Switch 4 weeks 6/7
1980-3087	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box with Motion Detect. NEMA 1 Enclosure 5 Circuit / Switch / Cam with Motion Detect
1980-3145	Ametek Gemco Special Rotating Cam Limit Switch. NEMA 1 Enclosure, 4 Cams / Circuits, Left Hand Shaft Extension, S.P.D.T. = Single Pole Double Throw Switches, 3 Standard Cams with a provision for a 4th cam installed by the OEM Bliss Salem. The switch is installed but we have no record of what type of cam Bliss Salem installed if any in the spare area. 2 weeks to ship 10/8
1980-3146	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like model 1980-106-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 06 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches, with the add a cam feature for a future circuit L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (14LBS) 8/9
1980-3151	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Specially Engineered Left Hand Shaft which extends 2.5 Inches for the enclosure with a 1/4-20 Tapped Hole in the end and a 3/16 Wide x 3/32 Deep Keyway starting 1 inch from the shaft end SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) 12/09
1980-3157	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3157 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided SD0197700 Optical Disc SD0194800 Motion Detect Switch in Circuit 6 (29LBS) 7/6
1980-3315	Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box Specially engineered product 4 Circuit NEMA 4X, 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure 1 to 3 Straight Drive Gear Multiplier, Internally Mounted SPDT Switches with the Rubber Boot option Enclosure is heated with a Thermostat Controlled Strip Heater Double Shaft Extensions from enclosure 2001403 8/7
1980-3327	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like model 1980-1210-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Series 1980 NEMA 12 Enclosure 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Switch U.L. Listed No Timing Dial is to be included Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 to 1 Gear Ratio Right End Shaft Location, Position 1 Special 6 Inch Diameter Cams normally used with the Series 1997 Gate Hoist Products Line A larger enclosure is also required to enclose these larger cams (45LBS) 11/8
1980-3383	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3383 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches 2 of these cams do not have adjustable dwell. They are machined with 25 degrees of dwell Right Hand Shaft extension from enclosure 9 Single Pole Double Throw Switches 1 1950-1406 Slow Make - Slow Break Switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-3426	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Limit Switch Engineered Part Number 6 Circuit / Cams NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight SPDT UL Rated Snap Switches Right Hand Unit Gear Multiplier, 4 to 1 Ratio Includes an Ametek Gemco 1/2 Inch Direct Drive Coupling. Maximum torque rating 300 lb.-in. 1/2 inch direct & sprocket drive 404 woodruff keyway & key. 50 turns of the adjusting screw will rotate coupling 360 degrees. For easily made incremental adjustment between drive shaft & cam box
1980-3434	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 Circuits / Cams / Switches Double Ended Shaft Extension Pulse Generating Disc Built in 1983 for International Harvester
1980-3461	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4 With Linear Potentiometer, 1 to 1 Ratio, Internally Mounted, 1500 OHM, Single Turn, 2 Watt, Wire Wound
1980-3486	Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Add On Feature / Enclosure Space provided for a Tach Generator on the Right Hand End Tach Generator is to be supplied buy others Lock Out Attachment for padlocking the cover closed, padlock is not included (19LBS) 11/9
1980-3503	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3503 Series 1980 NEMA 9 Enclosure with strip heater & thermostat 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches Timing Dial is included Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 to 1 Ratio 4 to 6 weeks to ship.
1980-3510	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3510 Similar to 1980-1204-L-SP-X Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure Specially machined cams 2 @ 15 Degrees Dwell & 2 @ 60 Degrees Dwell Special 1950-1413 Switches. SPDT Slow Make - Slow Break, can be wired for Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals. The 1950-1413 previously supplied switch is no longer available. It was a SPST switch with a normally closed contact only X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 5/6
1980-3513	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension Qty. 4, SPDT Switches located in positions 1,2,6 & 6,Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Qty. 2, DPDT Switches located in positions 3 & 4, Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Position / Location 1
1980-3521X	NEMA 1 7 Circuit Left Hand 7 Circuit 6 SP 1 DP
1980-3695	Engineered Product
1980-3742	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Series 1980 NEMA 9 Enclosure 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches Double Pole Double Throw Switches Straight Drive Gear Reducer 12 to 1 Gear Ratio With Timing Dial, Strip Heater & Thermostat
1980-3786T	Ametek Gemco Limit Switch. Proprietary sold through Link Electric & Safety Control Co only with SPDT Switches & RF
1980-3809	Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch Engineered Part Number Like 1980-409-R-SP-X with Tach Gen., Spring Return & Clutch
1980-3853	Ametek Gemco Rotary Cam Limit Switch NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 Circuit / Cam / Switch Tach Generator & Resolver Driven by a common Belt 04575082, 126 Pin Right Hand Shaft Extension 6/9
1980-3875A	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Specially engineered product
1980-3944T	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver 04535001 & Tach Generator, Link Only Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
1980-3953	Ametek Gemco Rotary Cam Limit Switch NEMA 1 Enclosure 8 Circuit / Cam / Switch SPDT Switches Left Hand Shaft Extension Specially Engineered Shaft Extension
1980-3963	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4X Enclosure, Watertight. 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (20LBS) 5/9
1980-3975	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3975 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 1 Enclosure 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Left Hand Shaft Extension has an External Timing Dial Mounted on it SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-3989	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension Engineered product with both Single & Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Position 1
1980-3990	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension Engineered product with both Single & Double Throw Switches, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 20= 20 to 1 Gear Ratio L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-401-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-401-R-SP-X Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Water Resistant Enclosure 01 = 1 Cams / Circuit / Switch R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (19LBS)
1980-401-Y-DP-X-S-50-R
1980-401-Y-DP-X-S-80-R
1980-402-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (18LBS)
1980-402-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-402-X-DP-X-R-10-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches. The micro-adjust cams maintain accuracy / repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand. The cams have a switch setting range of 4 through 356 Degrees X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch.Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-402-X-SP-X-R-40-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-403-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-403-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (20BS)
1980-403-X-DP-X-S-200-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-403-X-DP-X-S-200-L Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 3 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No shaft extension opposite gear box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location 26 LBS Gross
1980-404 X-SP-R-X-S-60-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = R = Rubber boot on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer. Shaft parallel to main shaft 60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Location (26LBS)
1980-404-D-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-D-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell04 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double / 2 Shaft Extensions from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger for addition moisture & contaminant protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (19LBS)
1980-404-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension, Shaft Extension from both ends of the enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (20LBS)
1980-404-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (18LBS)
1980-404-R-DP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-404-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 3 Year Warranty (18LBS)
1980-404-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell04 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger for addition moisture & contaminant protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided (21LBS)
1980-404-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (20LBS)
1980-404-X-DP-X-S-200-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-DP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (24LBS)
1980-404-X-DP-X-S-400-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-DP-X-S-400-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (24LBS)
1980-404-X-DPR-X-R1-R3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-DP-R-X-R-1-R3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Seal / Boot on the Snap Switch Plunger for additional Dust & Moinsture Protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer at Shaft Position 3 (24LBS)
1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-28L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the Snap Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (24LBS)
1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-400-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-400-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional Moisture & Dust Protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer. Shaft parallel to main shaft 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Location (26LBS)
1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (24LBS)
1980-404-X-SP-X-R-15-R2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-15-R2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 2 = Shaft Location Position 2
1980-404-X-SP-X-R-60-R2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-60-R2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 2 = Shaft Location Position 2
1980-404-X-SP-X-S-100-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-100-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (29LBS)
1980-404-X-SP-X-S-200-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-200-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-404-X-SP-X-S-200-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-200-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-404-X-SP-X-S-35-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-404-X-SPR-X-S28-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SPR-X-S28-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Seal / Boot on the Snap Switch Plunger for addition dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Reducer mounted on the Right End
1980-404-X-SSP-X-S-35-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SSP-X-S-35-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 Screw Terminals per Switch with a Plug-In Socket X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Box & Output Shaft Location
1980-404-Y-DP-X-R-4-R3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch 1980-404-Y-DP-X-R-4-R3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Y = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 3
1980-405-D-DP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-D-DP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, shaft out both ends DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-405-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-D-SP-X Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches D = Double Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
1980-405-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS)
1980-405-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-405-R-SPP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-R-SPP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with the Optional Plug-In Socket. Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (22LBS)
1980-405-X-DP-X-S-200-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-X-DP-X-S-200-L Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No shaft extension opposite gear box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (30LBS)
1980-405-X-SP-X-S-12L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-X-SP-X-S-12-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End, Gear Reducer & Shaft Location (30LBS)
1980-405-X-SP-X-S80-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-X-SP-X-S-80-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-405-Y-SP-X-M-6-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-Y-SP-X-M-6-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Y = No shaft extension oposite the gear multiplier SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided M = Gear Multiplier supplied 6 = 6 to 1 Ratio on the gear multiplier R = Right End, Gear Multiplier located on the Right Side 3 Year Limited Warranty (30LBS)
1980-406-D-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-D-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extension , 2 from Enclosure, each end SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-406-D-SP-R-X-S-80-L	Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch 1980-406-D-SP-R-X-S-80-L
1980-406-D-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-D-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure,Two SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (36LBS)
1980-406-L-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-L-SP-RTD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (36LBS)
1980-406-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (27LBS)
1980-406-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-406-R-3DP/3SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-3DP/3SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure 3DP = Qty 3 DP Switches 3SP = Qty 3 SP Switches TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-406-R-DP-X-S-2-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-S-2-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer / Shaft Location
1980-406-R-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (36LBS)
1980-406-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on switch plunger for additional protection from moisture & dust X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-406-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (27LBS)
1980-406-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R Series 1980 Vertex S827-6800-30 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed X = No Timing Dial M= Multiplier Drive 3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 1980-4478
1980-406-X-DP-X-S-2-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-DP-X-S-2-L Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box DP = D.P.D.T. Switches, Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Acting X = No Timing Dial S= Straight drive Gear Reducer 2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches R = Rubber Boot Option X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Gear Reducer 20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right Shaft Location
1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-25-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-25-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches R = Rubber Boot Option X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right Shaft Location
1980-406-X-SP-TD4-R-15-L8	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-TD4-R-15-L8 Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw TD4 = Timing Dial 0 - 360 Vertical Labeling for Counter Clock Wise Rotation R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location 8 = Shaft Location Position 8 3 Year Warranty
1980-406-X-SP-X-R-100-R6	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-100-R6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio R6 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6
1980-406-X-SP-X-R-15-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-15-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 1 = Shaft Location Position 1
1980-406-X-SP-X-R-25-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-25-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box, no ''L'' available in this spot? SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location 1 = Shaft Location Position 1
1980-406-X-SP-X-R-96-L-4	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-96-L4 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 96 = 96 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location 1 = Shaft Location Position 4 (34LBS)
1980-406-X-SP-X-S-14-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-S-14-R Series 1980 30 LBS Gross 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-406-X-SP-X-S-15-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-S-15-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (34LBS)
1980-406-Y-SP-TD1-S-15-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-Y-SP-TD1-S-15-L Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial 0 - 360 Clock Wise S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location 3 Year Warranty (35LBS)
1980-406-Y-SP-X-S-8-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-Y-SP-X-S-8-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box / Double Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-407-L-SP-TD1
1980-407-R-DP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (29LBS)
1980-407-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (27LBS)
1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S-	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-100-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft
1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S-25-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S-25-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 7 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches R = Rubber Boot Option X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Gear Reducer 25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right Shaft Location
1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S-32R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-32-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Reverse Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 32 = 32 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft
1980-407-X-SP-X-S-1.25-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-X-S-1.25-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 1.25 = 1.25 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-407-X-SPP-R-TD1-S10-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SPP-TD1-S-10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SPP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch with Plug in Sockets Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labled / Numbered for Clock Wise Rotation S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-4077	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Engineered Product 6/9
1980-408-L-DP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-DP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (LBS)
1980-408-L-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot option on switch plunger X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = Manufactured to NEMA 4 Specifications, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-R-DP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-DP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on the switch plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980-408-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Warranty (32LBS)
1980-408-X-DP-TD1-R-1-L1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-DP-TD1-R-1-L1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation R = Right Angle Gear Reducer L1 = Shaft Location from Gear Box
1980-408-X-DP-X-S-8-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-DP-X-S-8-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (36LBS)
1980-408-X-SP-TD1-X-M-3-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-SP-TD1-M-3-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation M= Multiplier Drive 3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-408-X-SP-X-R-50-R3	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-SP-X-R-50-R3 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 50 = 50 to 1 Gear Ratio R3 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 3
1980-408-X-SP-X-S120-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-SP-X-S-120-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 120 = 120 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft / Gearbox Location
1980-408-X-SP-X-S4-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-SP-X-S-4-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft / Gearbox Location
1980-408-Y-SP-X-M-4-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-Y-SP-X-M-4-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial M= Multiplier Drive 4 = 1 to 4 Multiplier Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (36LBS)
1980-409-R-4DP/5SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-409-R-4DP/5SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure 4DP = Qty 4 DP Switches 5SP = Qty 5 SP Switches TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-410-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double Shaft Extension from both sides Enclosure 2 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-410-L-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-L-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-410-R-SP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-410-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-410-X-SP-TD1-S-80-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-TD1-S-80-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial, Clockwise Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-410-X-SP-TD2-S-35-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-TD2-S-35-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 35= 35 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location (24LBS)
1980-410-X-SP-X-S-100-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-X-S-100-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-411-R-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 11= 11 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation but without timing dial window on the enclosure 3 Year Warranty (36LBS)
1980-411-X-SP-X-M-4-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-X-SP-X-M-4-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial M = Multiplier Drive 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Multiplier R = Right End Shaft Location (43LBS)
1980-411-X-SP-X-S-4-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-X-SP-X-S-4-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-412-D-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from the Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-412-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-412-X-SP-X-S-100-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-100-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 12= 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 41 LBS
1980-412-X-SP-X-S-36-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-36-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-412-X-SP-X-S10-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-10-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-412-Y-SP-X-M-6-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-Y-SP-X-M-6-R Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 12 = 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension oposite gearbox. (double) SP = SPDT Switches. Single Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial M = Mutiplier Drive 6 = 1 to 6 Gear Multiplier Ratio R = Gear Multiplier, Right End Loc
1980-412-Y-SP-X-S-200-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-Y-SP-X-S-200-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box / Double Shaft Extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Box & Shaft Location
1980-4125T	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-4125T Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell A Tach Generator has been mounted inside the enclosure along with a Resolver with outputs Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) 1/9
1980-414-L-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-414-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 14 = 14 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-414-R-SP-R-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 980-414-R-SP-R-TD1 Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 14 = 14 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
1980-415-X-SP-TD1-S-12-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-415-X-SP-TD1-S-12-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer, shaft parallel with main shaft 12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio, every 12 turns of the main shaft the cams turn once R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-416-L-SP-TD1-R-100-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-L-SP-TD1-R-100-R1 Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Reducer Ratio R-1 = Shaft Location on Gear Reducer
1980-416-L-SP-TW1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-L-SP-TW1 Series 1980 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TW1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation with a Timing Dial Window on the Enclosure
1980-416-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-R-SP-X 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 16 = Qty. 16, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with one NO and one NC contact per switch rated at 15 million cycles X = No Timing Dial or dial window is to be provided Warranty 3 years With NEMA 4X Stainless Adder & 2.5 Inch Shaft Extension without woodruff key and keyslot 10% expedite fee for shipment within 2.5 week. Expedite fee will be dropped if factory does not ship in 2.5 weeks
1980-4160	Ametek Gemco Cam Box like 1980R-406-X-DP-X-R-3-L with 304 Stainless Steel Option. NEMA 4X, 6 Circuits, 3 to 1 Ratio, Includes Resolver EC70289 # SD0308910. Enclosure size is to be the same as original units. Bascular Span Drawbridge Long Island NY. 1980-4160 RAGR/SS EN
1980-4161	Ametek Gemco Cam Box like1980R-406-X-DP-X-R-3-R with 304 Stainless Steel Option. NEMA 4X, 6 Circuits, 3 to 1 Ratio, Includes Resolver EC70289 # SD0308910. Enclosure size is to be the same as original units. Bascular Span Drawbridge Long Island NY. 1980-4161 RAGR/SS EN
1980-418X-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-418X-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4X = NEMA 4X Enclosure, Watertight, 18 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-4223	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Specially Engineered Product Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation Multiplier Gear Drive with a Ratio of 1 to 4 Encoder Provision, for a customer supplied encoder (40LBS) 3/9
1980-4245	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing,Dwell & a Resolver 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (19LBS) 11/7
1980-4254	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Reducer SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation Straight Drive Gear Reducer with a 35 to 1 Gear Ratio which is located on the Left Side Provisions provided in the enclosure for mounting an encoder which is to be supplied by others
1980-4310	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like 1980-402-R-DP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4X Rated 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure 02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided 1/7
1980-4325	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-406-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (24LBS)
1980-4375	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-103-X-SP- - 64-L5 Series 1980R with AMCI Style Resolver 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 03 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches 64 = 64 to 1 Gear Reducer L5 = Input Shaft Location
1980-4376	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch1980-12-06-L-SP Series 1980 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension With Pulse Generating Disc & Switch in Circuit # 8
1980-4380	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-4380 NEMA 12 Enclosure, 6 Circuit / Cam, Right Hand Shaft Extension, SPDT Switches, with AMCI Resolver SD0495600
1980-4382	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Similar to part # 1980-407-R-DP-X EXCEPT with a 316 Stainless Steel Shaft cam / main shaft along with a stainless steel drain / breather for the enclosure. NEMA 4 Enclosure, 7 Circuits / Cams, D.P.D.T. Snap Action Switches for all circuits, Right End Shaft Extension.
1980-4386	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980-4386 Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 4 = NEMA 4X Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure, 304 Stainless Steel enclosure option that includes: 316 SS Camshaft, 304 SS Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges and Flange Bolts 8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Extension from Gear Reducer 35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right, Gear Reducer is on the Right Side of the cam box (44LBS)
1980-4387	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-404-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation Special: 304 stainless steel enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft The enclosure is a 5-6 circuit size due to TD2 Timing dial Option
1980-4388	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-404-L-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clockwise Rotation Special: 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft The enclosure size is a 5 - 6 circuit size due to the TD1 timing dial option
1980-4390	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-407-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure 07 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation Special: 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft The enclosure size is a 7 - 8 circuit size
1980-4391	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-1204-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided Qty. 2, Single Turn Resolvers are mounted inside the enclosure SD0308900 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-4397	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 20 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand A Second Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with a Heavy Duty Spring for High Vibration Applications. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuits, 4 screw terminals. Switch 1950-1414 Straight Drive Gear Reducer with a 14 to 1 Gear Ratio Right End Gear Box Location 1/10
1980-4400	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell & an Internally Mounted Tach Generator NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (16LBS)
1980-4430	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Like Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-28-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure with the 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure option that includes: 316 SS Camshaft, 304 SS Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges and Flange Bolts 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location Morris Material Handling Originally
1980-4436	Ametek Gemco
1980-4447	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-4447 NEMA 4 7 Circuit / Cam / Switch Double Pole Double Throw Switches With Resolver With Stainless Steel Drain / Breather
1980-4451	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2 SPG = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, with Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional protection from Moisture & Dust X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (19LBS) 1/8
1980-4452	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-4-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches, 1950-1414 Single Pole Double Throw with a Heavy Duty Spring for high vibration applications. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuits, 4 screw terminals X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer
1980-4455	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation With 1 Special 30 Degree Cam Circuit.
1980-4469	Ametek Gemco Engineered Product.Similar to part number 1980-408-X-DP-TDI-R-1-L1 except with provisions to mount and couple a customer supplied Dynapar Encoder. Series A5840960010 304 stainless steel enclosure, cover, latches, internal camshaft, bearing flanges & flange bolts Gear Reducer is NEMA 4, (stainless is not available)
1980-4478	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R Series 1980 Vertex S827-6800-30 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw X = No Timing Dial M= Multiplier Drive 3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio R = Right End Shaft Location 1980-4478
1980-4484	Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-R-SP-X 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 16 = Qty. 16, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with one NO and one NC contact per switch rated at 15 million cycles X = No Timing Dial or dial window is to be provided Warranty 3 years With NEMA 4X Stainless Adder & 2.5 Inch Shaft Extension without woodruff key and keyslot
1980-4500	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) With a special main shaft diameter, keyway & length. Ametek Gemco will assign an engineered part number once the order is acknowledged by engineering. Shaft diameter as it extends from the cam box, 18mm. Shaft keyway 6X3mm, Shaft length from mounting foot center line to end 86mm
1980-4501	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) With a special main shaft diameter, keyway & length. Ametek Gemco will assign an engineered part number once the order is acknowledged by engineering. Shaft diameter as it extends from the cam box, 18mm. Shaft keyway 6X3mm, Shaft length from mounting foot center line to end 86mm In error provided DPDT switches, change engr # for SPDT switches
1980-4504	Ametek Gemco Engineered Product. Same as part number 1980-4469 with the exception of the removal of the gear reducer. Mount and couple the customer supplied encoder. The encoder is to be a Dynapar Series A125-0012-1-C-320 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 406 17 to 20 Circuit Size Enclosure Dim Also similar to a 1980-408-L-DP-TD1 (57LBS) 40 X 14 X 7 Box
1980-4510	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model, similar to 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-100-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure. 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover & latches. 304 SS for Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection X = No Timing Dial is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft (34LBS)
1980-4513	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Qty. 3, SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Qty. 1, DPDT Switch, Located in Circuit / Position 4, Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty 1/10
1980-4514	Ametek Gemco Specially Engineered Product. Similar to part number 1980-916-Y-DP-X-S-8-R with enclosure heater and thermostat Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 9 = NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure 16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Y = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, Two DP = DPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial is to be supplied S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R- Gear Box mounted on the Right Side (85LBS)
1980-4515	Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like 1980-406-X-SP-X-SX-30-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial SX= Straight Drive Gear Reducer with a 1/2 Inch Diameter 316 Stainless Steel Shaft 30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-4522	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like a 1980-406-SP-R-X-TD2-R-20-L but with a 316 Stainless Steel Main Shaft Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension opposite the gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation R - Right Angle Gear Reducer with a 316 Stainless Steel Shaft 20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Gear Box is located on the Left Side (30LBS)
1980-4527	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure, Watertight. The 304 Stainless Steel includes the Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges, & Flange Bolts. The 3/4 Inch Diameter Main / Input Shaft is 316 Stainless. This construction meets a NEMA 4X Rating 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits, 4 screw terminals. Switch 1950-1-B-AO Straight Drive Gear Multiplier with a 1 to 2 Ratio Gear Multiplier Located on the Ring End 2/10
1980-4528	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4X Enclosure, Stainless Steel Enclosure includes the Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges, & Flange Bolts from 304 Stainless Steel. The 3/4 Inch Diameter Main / Input Shaft is 316 Stainless. This construction meets a NEMA 4X Rating 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Right Hand Shaft Extension SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty 12/09
1980-4540	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand D = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, Two, Right & Left GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS) 11/7
1980-4541	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-L-GSPR-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (12LBS)
1980-4542	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-103-L-GSPR-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (11LBS) 10/8
1980-4549	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-4X05-R-SP-R-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4X= NEMA 4X Rated Enclosure, Watertight, 304 Stainless Steel Option 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (LBS)
1980-4561	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure Qty. 3, SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Qty. 1, DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, circuit 4 Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (18LBS) 8/8
1980-4565	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver Resolver Included with Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure, 304 Stainless Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts & a 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches No Shaft Extension Opposite Gearbox SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 to 1 Gear Ratio Gear Reducer on Right Side Shaft Position No 1
1980-4566	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-402-D-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure, 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2 SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (21LBS)
1980-4569	Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Limit Switch featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches Switch Settings @ 4 to 356 Degrees Right Hand Shaft Extension Gemco will mount and couple a customer supplied Synchro Differential Transmitter Type 23CDX6a Part 8212786 in the cambox enclosure 8 Circuit Size Enclosure with a 304 Stainless Steel, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft Manufacture to meet a NEMA 4X Rating A separate conduit opening for the Synchro Wiring and Mechanical SPDT Switches Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits, 4 screw terminals per switch Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 Enclosure includes a thermostatically controlled strip heater 4 to 5 Weeks 5/9
1980-4570	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-4X06-L-SPR-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure. 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (36LBS)
1980-4571	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-4X04-R-SPR-TD2 & 1980-4387 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation Special: 304 stainless steel enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft The enclosure is a 5-6 circuit size due to TD2 Timing dial Option
1980-4572	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-404-L-SPR-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure. 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation 3 Year Limited Warranty (23LBS)
1980-4574	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4X = NEMA 4X Enclosure, 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer (24LBS) 8/9
1980-4583	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-418X-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4X = NEMA 4X Enclosure, Watertight, 18 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-704-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-704-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 or 9 Enclosure, select 7 or 9 at time of order 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-704-X-SP-R-40-R1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-704-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 or 9 Enclosure, select 7 or 9 at time of order 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1
1980-704-X-SP-X-M-3-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-704-X-SP-X-M-3-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial M = Multiplier Drive 3 = 3 to 1 Gear Multiplier L = Left End Shaft Location
1980-705-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-705-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 or 9 Enclosure, select 7 or 9 at time of order 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty
1980-705-X-SP-R-X-R8-R6	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-705-X-SPR-X-R8-R6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R6 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6
1980-705-X-SP-X-S-48-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-705-X-SP-X-S-48-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer
1980-706-X-SP-S10-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-706-X-SP-S10-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 or 9 Enclosure, select 7 or 9 at time of order 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No Shaft Extension Opposing the Gear Reducer SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Gear Reducer Mount on the Left End
1980-711-X-SP-TD2-S-12-L	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-711-X-SP-TD2-S-12-L Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 7 = NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure 07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches, NEMA 9 is available X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD2 = Timing Dial, Labeled for CCW rotation S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer 12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio L = Left End Gear Reducer
1980-905-X-SP-X-R10-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-905-X-SP-X-R10-R Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 9 = NEMA 9 Enclosure 05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer (50LBS)
1980-906-X-SP-X-R8-R6	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-906-X-SP-X-R-8-R6 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 9 = NEMA 9 Enclosure, manufactured to meet NEMA 9 Explosion Proof requirements 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R= Right Angle Gear Reducer 8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio R6 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6
1980-908-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco 1980-908-L-SP-X
1980-912-R-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-912-R-SP-TD1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 9 = NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
1980R-103-X-DP-R-X-5-L7	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-103-X-DP-R-X-5-L7 Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 3 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box DP = Double Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio L7 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 7
1980R-104-L-2-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-L-2-SP-TD1 Series 1980R Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell with Resolver Output 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches L = Left Hand Shaft Extension 2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for C.W. Rotation (20LBS)
1980R-104-L-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-104-L-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell R = Resolver Included with Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980R-104-R-2-SP-TD1	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-R-2-SP-TD1 1980R= Series 1980 with Resolver Output 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension 2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076 SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches TD1 = Timing Dial for C.W. Rotation (20LBS)
1980R-104-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-104-R-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell R = Resolver Included with Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided 3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)
1980R-104-R-SP-X-S2-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-R-SP-X-S2-R Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 04= 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight / In Line Gear Reducer 2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Reducer Location
1980R-106-L-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver 1980R-106-R-DP-X Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (12LBS)
1980R-106-X-SP-X-S150-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-106-X-SP-X-S150-R Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight / In Line Gear Reducer 150 = 150 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Box Location
1980R-109-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-109-R-SP-X Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure 09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided
1980R-1203-L-2-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-1203-L-2-SP-X Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell R = Resolver Included with Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed Dust Tight 03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure 2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076 SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (20LBS)
1980R-1206-X-SP-X-S287-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-1206-X-SP-X-S300-R Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided S = Straight / In Line Gear Reducer 300 = 300 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Right End Gear Box Location
1980R-1212-R-SP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-1212-R-SP-X Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure 12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided
1980R-404-R-DP-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver 1980R-404-L-DP-X Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
1980R-406-L-DN-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-406-L-DN-SP-TD2 Series 1980R Cam Box featuring Cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver # 04535076 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure DN = Device Net Output, connector & conduit opening will be mounted opposite the input shaft SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation
1980R-406-L-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-406-L-SP-TD2 Series 1980R Cam Box featuring Cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation
1980R-406-R-SP-TD2	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-406-R-SP-TD2 Series 1980R Cam Box featuring Cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation
1980R-408-Y-SP-TD1-S400-R	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-408-Y-SP-TD1-S400-R Series 1980R Cam Box featuring Cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure, Watertight 08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand Y = Shaft Extension Supplied opposite the Gear Box, a 2nd output shaft SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clockwise Rotation S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer 400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Righ, Gear Reducer mounted on the Right Side
1980R-416-R-DP-R-X	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-416-R-DP-R-X 1980R= Series 1980 with Resolver Output 4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure 16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches R = Right Hand Shaft Extension DP = Double Pole Double Throw Switches R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger Option X = No Timing Dial
1980R-XXXX	Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980R-416-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell and a Resolver R = Resolver Included with Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules 04535001 4 = NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure, 304 Stainless Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts & a 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft 16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gearbox SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided R = Right Angle Gear Reducer 4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio R = Gear Reducer on Right Side 1 = Shaft Position No 1
1981	Ametek Gemco OBSOLETE Adjustable in Motion Cam Limit Switch. Has been replaced by Programmable Limit Switches such as